1 #LyX 1.6.0beta4 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10627 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10638 For the font size there are four possible values:
10655 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The font sizes are the
10664 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10665 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10666 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10682 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10713 dialog, see section
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10732 \begin_layout Subsection
10733 Using Different Character Styles
10737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10758 certain paragraph environments.
10759 LyX supports two character styles,
10768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10777 style, do one of the following:
10780 \begin_layout Itemize
10781 click on the toolbar button
10782 \begin_inset Graphics
10783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 use the key binding
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 These commands are all toggles.
10806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 One typically uses the
10814 style for proper names.
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10823 is the original author of LyX.
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 A more widely used character style is the
10836 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10843 \begin_layout Itemize
10844 clicking on the toolbar button
10845 \begin_inset Graphics
10846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10853 \begin_layout Itemize
10854 using the keybindings
10857 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10869 es use a different font.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10873 We've been using the
10877 style all over the place in this document.
10878 Here's one more example:
10881 \begin_layout Quotation
10884 Don't overuse character styles!
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Fine-Tuning with the
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10924 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10943 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10944 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10945 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10946 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10947 from ordinary dialog.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10952 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10956 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10957 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To use custom character styles, open the
10963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 \begin_inset space ~
10971 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10972 font property which you can choose.
10973 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10976 \begin_inset space ~
10981 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10986 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10987 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10988 environments in a snap.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 The possible options are:
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11032 This is the Roman font family.
11033 Normally a serif font.
11034 It's also the default family.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 \begin_inset Note Note
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11073 It is explained in section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11092 \begin_layout Labeling
11093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11104 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_layout Labeling
11143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 This is the Typewriter font family.
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This corresponds to the print weight.
11202 \begin_layout Labeling
11203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 This is the Medium font series.
11209 It's also the default series.
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11220 This is the Bold font series.
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Labeling
11260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11265 As the name implies.
11270 \begin_layout Labeling
11271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11276 This is the Upright font shape.
11277 It's also the default shape.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 s the Italic font shape
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Slanted font shape
11311 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11314 \begin_layout Labeling
11315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11326 This is the Small caps font shape
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 Alters the size of the font.
11340 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11341 nal to the document font size.
11342 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11343 what you want to do.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 It's also the default size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 \begin_layout Labeling
11744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12147 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12148 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12149 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12150 - use that instead.
12151 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with emphasize on
12176 This might seem like the same as
12180 , but it is actually a bit different.
12186 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12188 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is text with Underbar on.
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12237 \begin_inset Newline newline
12242 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12243 when you couldn't change fonts.
12244 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12245 It's only included in LyX because some people
12249 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with Noun on.
12267 , this is a logical attribute.
12268 Normally it's equivalent to
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12287 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 , which is the default
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and means normally black, you can choose between
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12356 the language of the document.
12357 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12363 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 dialog, the settings are saved.
12373 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12374 \begin_inset Graphics
12375 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12380 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12381 when the dialog isn't visible.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12511 \begin_inset Note Note
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12515 For more on phantoms see section
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12522 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12532 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_layout Itemize
12543 fonts use characters with serifs.
12544 These are the small
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12553 The following example will show the difference:
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 text without serifs
12566 \begin_inset Newline newline
12569 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12570 They are therefore used as default font (named
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12583 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12584 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12589 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12592 \begin_layout Section
12593 Printing and Previewing
12596 \begin_layout Subsection
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12602 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12603 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12604 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12605 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12608 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12618 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12619 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12620 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12621 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12622 This happens in two stages:
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12626 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12627 generating a file with the extension,
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 \begin_layout Enumerate
12643 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12647 file to produce printable output.
12651 \begin_layout Subsection
12652 Output file formats
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12665 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 File formats ! ASCII
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12715 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12751 it manually with console commands.
12752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12753 you view or export your document.
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 This file type has the extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12815 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12830 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12831 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12836 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12837 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12838 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12839 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 File formats ! PostScript
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 This file type has the extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 PostScript was developed by the company
12884 as printer language.
12885 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12887 PostScript can be seen as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 programming language
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12920 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Encapsulated PostScript
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (EPS, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12946 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12947 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12948 whenever you view or export your document.
12949 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12950 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12951 EPS to avoid this problem.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12957 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 This file type has the extension
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 Portable Document Format
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 (PDF) is developed by
13014 as derivative from PostScript.
13015 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13025 looks exactly the same.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 (JPG, file extension
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 Portable Network Graphics
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 (PNG, file extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13082 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13083 in the background to one of these formats.
13084 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13085 will slow down your workflow.
13086 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 in three different ways:
13098 \begin_layout Description
13099 PDF This uses the program
13103 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13104 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13108 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13109 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13112 \begin_layout Description
13114 \begin_inset space ~
13117 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13121 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13125 \begin_layout Description
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13130 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13134 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 We recommend to use
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13150 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13156 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13159 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13175 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13179 and choose a file type.
13180 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 you can use the toolbar button
13187 \begin_inset Graphics
13188 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13231 viewer window using the menu
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13242 To have a real output, export your document.
13245 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 Printing the File from within LyX
13247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13249 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13258 it directly from within LyX.
13259 To print a file, select the menu
13261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 or click on the toolbar button
13265 \begin_inset Graphics
13266 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13271 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13272 This file is then processed by the program
13276 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13281 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13286 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13287 printing one set to print on the other side.
13288 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13289 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13290 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can set the parameters in the
13297 \begin_inset space ~
13305 \begin_layout Labeling
13306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13316 Note that this printer name is for the program
13325 has to be configured for this printer name.
13326 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13333 reference "sub:Printer"
13342 The printer should understand PostScript.
13345 \begin_layout Labeling
13346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 The name of a file to print to.
13352 The output will be a PostScript file.
13353 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13357 \begin_layout Section
13358 A few Words about Typography
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Subsection
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_layout Enumerate
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You generate them by inserting the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 character multiple times in a row.
13573 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13574 final output, but not in LyX.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13579 math mode and has a length of its own.
13580 Here are some examples of the
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 line- and page-breaks
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 Oh --- there's a dash.
13621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13632 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13646 \begin_layout Subsection
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13669 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13683 following the rules of the document language
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13719 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13724 and with unusual constructs, like
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13734 This is done with the menu
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_inset space ~
13745 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13746 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13751 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13752 a hyphen and a space in the form
13753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 as hyphenation possibility.
13770 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13771 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13772 of the LaTeX-box-command
13778 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13779 As LyX doesn't support
13785 , we have to use TeX Code.
13786 The result looks in LyX like:
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename clipart/mbox.png
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13800 \begin_inset space ~
13804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13813 \begin_layout Subsection
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13828 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13840 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13841 LaTeX then adds the
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 appropriate amount of space
13846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13852 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13871 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 Here are some examples of
13879 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13896 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14025 \begin_inset space \space{}
14028 this is too much space!
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14039 LaTeX will care about this.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14052 feature described in section
14063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 Typography ! Quotes
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14118 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14119 and use a closing quote at the end.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 The keyboard character,
14133 , generates this automatically.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 You can change the behavior of the
14141 key using the submenu
14147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 Document ! Settings
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14169 There are six choices:
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 Use quotes like this
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes els
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14232 \begin_layout Labeling
14233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14258 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14264 \begin_layout Labeling
14265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14290 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14296 \begin_layout Labeling
14297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14322 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14328 \begin_layout Labeling
14329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14350 \begin_inset Quotes als
14354 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 These settings affects what character the
14368 \begin_layout Subsection
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 Typography ! Ligatures
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14414 name "sub:Ligatures"
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14423 print them as single characters.
14424 These groups are known as
14429 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14431 Here are the standard ligatures:
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Itemize
14450 \begin_layout Itemize
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14460 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 To break a ligature, use
14486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 \begin_layout Subsection
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You have surely noticed, that the word
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14563 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14564 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Note Note
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14588 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14597 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14602 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LyX The name of the game, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Description
14653 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14713 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14714 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14717 : The actual version is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 , the previous one was
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14738 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14740 This will look in LyX like:
14741 \begin_inset Graphics
14742 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14747 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14757 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14764 \begin_layout Subsection
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14780 space between two words.
14781 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 for units use the menu
14793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 space between number and unit
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 half space between number and unit
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14905 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14906 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14907 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14908 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14909 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14910 These bits of text became known as
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14922 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14923 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14924 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14925 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14926 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14927 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14928 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14933 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14934 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14941 key "latexcompanion"
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14956 ] may have more information.
14957 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14960 \begin_layout Chapter
14961 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14977 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15005 \begin_layout Description
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15010 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Note
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15028 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15029 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15033 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Comment
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15057 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15076 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15077 How this can be done is explained in the
15086 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15100 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15105 \begin_inset Graphics
15106 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15108 scaleBeforeRotation
15114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15121 \begin_layout Section
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 name "sec:Footnotes"
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 or the toolbar button
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15164 \begin_inset Graphics
15165 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15174 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 label, the box will
15207 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15208 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15221 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15238 Here's an example footnote:
15246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15247 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15256 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15257 position where the footnote box is placed.
15258 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15259 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15260 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15261 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15262 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15267 ey are described in the
15274 \begin_layout Section
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15288 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15296 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15297 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15306 or the toolbar button
15307 \begin_inset Graphics
15308 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15335 appearing within your text.
15336 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 At the side is an example marginal note.
15350 \begin_inset Marginal
15353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 This is a marginal note.
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15363 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15364 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15365 pages, right on odd pages.
15368 \begin_layout Section
15369 Graphics and Images
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15392 name "sec:Graphics"
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15401 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15402 \begin_inset Graphics
15403 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15413 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15422 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15423 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15425 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15432 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15444 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15445 of the image in the output.
15446 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15463 \begin_inset space ~
15467 \begin_inset space ~
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15476 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15477 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15488 LaTeX and LyX options
15490 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15491 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15500 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15501 with the image size is printed.
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15509 \begin_inset space ~
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15518 is explained in the
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15530 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15531 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15533 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15539 \begin_inset Graphics
15540 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15542 rotateOrigin center
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15551 the image into a float, see section
15552 \begin_inset space ~
15556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15558 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15565 \begin_layout Subsection
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15579 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15586 \begin_layout Standard
15587 You can insert images in any known file format.
15588 But as we explained in section
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15595 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15599 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15600 LyX uses therefore the program
15604 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15605 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15606 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15613 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15624 \begin_layout Description
15626 \begin_inset space ~
15629 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15630 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15631 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15635 Graphics Interchange Format
15636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15639 (GIF, file extension
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15687 Portable Network Graphics
15688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15691 (PNG, file extension
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 (JPG, file extension
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 \begin_layout Description
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15807 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15809 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15810 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15811 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15812 \begin_inset Newline newline
15815 Scalable image formats can be
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15819 Scalable Vector Graphics
15820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15823 (SVG, file extension
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15871 Encapsulated PostScript
15872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15875 (EPS, file extension
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 Portable Document Format
15924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15927 (PDF, file extension
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15951 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15952 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15958 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15971 \begin_layout Subsection
15972 Grouping of Image Settings
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 Each image can define a new group of the settings or join the exiting group.
15987 The images within such a group share their settings and adjusting one of
15988 the images automatically propagate into all other images in the group.
15989 This way you can for example adjust the size for a bunch of images in the
15990 same way without the need to manually change each of them.
15994 \begin_layout Standard
15995 The new group can be set in
15998 \begin_inset space ~
16002 \begin_inset space ~
16007 field inside Graphics dialog.
16008 Joining the exiting group can be set using the context menu of the image
16009 - just check the name of the desired group.
16012 \begin_layout Section
16017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16034 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16035 \begin_inset Graphics
16036 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16047 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16048 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16049 from the rest of the table.
16050 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16051 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16053 Here's an example table:
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16058 \begin_inset Tabular
16059 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16064 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16264 \begin_layout Subsection
16268 \begin_layout Standard
16269 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16270 brings up the table dialog.
16271 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16272 where the cursor is placed currently.
16273 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16274 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16275 done on all of your selection.
16278 \begin_layout Standard
16279 Additionally to the table dialog the
16282 \begin_inset space ~
16287 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16289 It is for example currently only possible to add
16290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16297 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16304 \begin_inset space ~
16309 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16310 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16311 current cell respectively.
16312 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16314 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16315 of text, see section
16316 \begin_inset space ~
16320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16322 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16329 \begin_layout Standard
16330 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16336 This will merge the cells to
16340 cell, spread over more than one column.
16341 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16342 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16343 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16344 in the last row without the upper border:
16347 \begin_layout Standard
16349 \begin_inset Tabular
16350 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16351 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16353 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16487 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16488 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16489 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16490 explained in the tables section of the
16493 \begin_inset space ~
16499 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16500 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16503 degrees counterclockwise.
16504 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16507 \begin_layout Standard
16508 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16516 Most DVI-viewers are
16520 able to display rotations.
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16533 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16538 adds lines for all cell borders.
16541 \begin_layout Subsection
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 Tables ! Longtables
16556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16566 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16569 \begin_inset space ~
16573 \begin_inset space ~
16582 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16583 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16586 \begin_layout Description
16591 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16592 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16593 except for the first page, if
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16604 \begin_layout Description
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16613 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16614 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16617 \begin_layout Description
16622 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16623 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16624 except for the last page, if
16627 \begin_inset space ~
16635 \begin_layout Description
16639 \begin_inset space ~
16644 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16645 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16649 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16650 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16651 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16652 The others will then be defined as
16657 In this context, first means first in this order:
16660 \begin_inset space ~
16672 \begin_inset space ~
16678 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16683 \begin_inset Tabular
16684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16685 <features islongtable="true">
16686 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16688 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16689 <row endfirsthead="true">
16690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <row endfirsthead="true">
16721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 <row endhead="true">
16754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16784 <row endhead="true">
16785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <row endfoot="true">
16818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <row endlastfoot="true">
18800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 \begin_layout Subsection
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18851 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18858 \begin_layout Standard
18859 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18860 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18861 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18862 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18866 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18867 for the cell's paragraph.
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18871 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18872 for the column in the table dialog.
18873 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18874 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18878 \begin_layout Standard
18880 \begin_inset Tabular
18881 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18884 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 This is longer now.
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19086 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19087 This is longer now.
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 \begin_layout Standard
19119 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19120 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19121 Selection with the mouse or with
19125 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19126 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19127 the selection from outside the table.
19130 \begin_layout Section
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19151 \begin_layout Standard
19152 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19153 have a fixed location.
19155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19162 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19170 \begin_inset space ~
19175 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19176 too much notes at the page.
19179 \begin_layout Standard
19180 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19181 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19182 and pages without text.
19183 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19184 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19185 Floats are therefore numbered.
19186 Referencing is described in section
19187 \begin_inset space ~
19191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19193 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19200 \begin_layout Standard
19201 To insert a float, use the menu
19203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19207 A box with a caption that has e.
19208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19212 \begin_inset space ~
19216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19220 \begin_inset space ~
19224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19227 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19228 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19230 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19241 paragraph within the float.
19242 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19243 by left-clicking on the box label.
19244 A closed float box looks like this:
19245 \begin_inset Graphics
19246 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19251 -- a gray button with a red label.
19254 \begin_layout Standard
19255 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19256 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19259 \begin_layout Subsection
19263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 Floats ! Figure floats
19275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19277 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19284 \begin_layout Standard
19287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19288 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19291 inserts a float with the label
19292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19298 \begin_inset space ~
19304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19308 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19309 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19310 This is what we did for Figure
19311 \begin_inset space ~
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19317 reference "cap:Platypus"
19322 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19323 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19324 This was done in Figure
19325 \begin_inset space ~
19329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19331 reference "cap:Escher"
19338 \begin_layout Standard
19339 \begin_inset Float figure
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 \begin_inset Graphics
19347 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19349 rotateOrigin center
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 \begin_inset Caption
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19362 name "cap:Platypus"
19366 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19380 \begin_inset Float figure
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 \begin_inset Caption
19388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 \begin_inset Graphics
19407 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19409 rotateOrigin center
19421 \begin_layout Standard
19422 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19424 As described in section
19425 \begin_inset space ~
19429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19431 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19435 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19440 and refer to it using the menu
19442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19446 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19455 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19467 \begin_layout Standard
19468 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19469 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19470 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19471 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19473 \begin_inset space ~
19477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19479 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19483 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19484 You can also set the images one below the other.
19486 \begin_inset space ~
19490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19492 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19499 reference "fig:Platypus"
19503 are the subfigures.
19506 \begin_layout Standard
19507 \begin_inset Float figure
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19517 \begin_inset Float figure
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 \begin_inset Caption
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19528 name "fig:Undefinable"
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 \begin_inset Graphics
19542 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19553 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19557 \begin_inset Float figure
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 \begin_inset Caption
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19568 name "fig:Platypus"
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19581 \begin_inset Graphics
19582 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 \begin_inset Caption
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19606 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19610 Two distorted images.
19623 \begin_layout Standard
19624 Note that the caption is added to the
19627 \begin_inset space ~
19631 \begin_inset space ~
19636 as described in section
19637 \begin_inset space ~
19641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19643 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 Floats ! Table floats
19662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19664 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19671 \begin_layout Standard
19672 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19675 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19679 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19682 \begin_inset space ~
19686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19688 reference "cap:Table-float"
19692 is an example of a table float.
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19696 \begin_inset Float table
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Caption
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19707 name "cap:Table-float"
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 \begin_inset Tabular
19722 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19876 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19918 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19932 \begin_layout Standard
19933 This float type is inserted with the menu
19935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19936 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19940 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19941 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19945 , described in section
19946 \begin_inset space ~
19950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19952 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19974 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19977 \begin_layout Standard
19982 floatname{algorithm}{your
19983 \begin_inset space ~
19989 \begin_layout Standard
19990 to the document preamble (menu
19992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19999 \begin_inset space ~
20005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20033 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20041 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 \begin_inset Graphics
20050 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20052 rotateOrigin center
20059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20060 \begin_inset Caption
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20065 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20069 This is a wrapped figure.
20070 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20083 This float type is used if you want to
20084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20091 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20093 It can be inserted using the menu
20095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20096 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20098 \begin_inset space ~
20103 if the LaTeX-package
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20122 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20125 \begin_inset space ~
20135 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20138 \begin_inset space ~
20142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20144 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20148 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 Available units are explained in Appendix
20158 \begin_inset space ~
20162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20164 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20173 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20187 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20188 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20189 over some other text.
20197 \begin_layout Itemize
20198 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20199 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20200 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20201 breaks will appear.
20204 \begin_layout Itemize
20205 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20206 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20209 \begin_layout Itemize
20210 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20211 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20214 \begin_layout Itemize
20215 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20218 \begin_layout Subsection
20220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20222 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20241 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20253 \begin_layout Standard
20254 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20255 have a multi-column document).
20256 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20265 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20266 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20274 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20275 format is also the same: Table
20276 \begin_inset space ~
20280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20282 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20286 is an example of a rotated table float.
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 \begin_inset Float table
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20313 \begin_inset Caption
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20318 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 \begin_inset Tabular
20333 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20399 \begin_layout Subsection
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20403 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20422 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20423 \begin_inset Newline newline
20429 \begin_inset space ~
20434 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20435 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20437 \begin_inset Newline newline
20443 \begin_inset space ~
20448 is used to rotate floats, see section
20449 \begin_inset space ~
20453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20455 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20462 \begin_layout Standard
20463 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20464 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20479 \begin_layout Description
20481 \begin_inset space ~
20485 \begin_inset space ~
20488 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20491 \begin_layout Description
20493 \begin_inset space ~
20497 \begin_inset space ~
20500 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20503 \begin_layout Description
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20509 \begin_inset space ~
20512 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20515 \begin_layout Description
20517 \begin_inset space ~
20521 \begin_inset space ~
20524 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 The order of the above option is
20533 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20537 \begin_inset space ~
20541 \begin_inset space ~
20549 \begin_inset space ~
20553 \begin_inset space ~
20558 , and then the others.
20559 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20561 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20562 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20566 By default, each options has its own rules:
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20573 \begin_inset space ~
20577 \begin_inset space ~
20582 only floats occupying less than 70
20583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20586 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20589 \begin_layout Standard
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20597 \begin_inset space ~
20602 : only floats occupying less than 30
20603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20606 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20613 \begin_inset space ~
20617 \begin_inset space ~
20622 : only if more than 50
20623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20626 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20648 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20649 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20650 For this case you can use the option
20653 \begin_inset space ~
20659 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20661 Because the float is then no longer able to
20662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20669 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20674 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20678 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20682 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20689 \begin_layout Section
20694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20703 name "sec:Minipages"
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20713 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20714 \begin_inset space ~
20721 \begin_layout Standard
20722 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20728 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20729 and its alignment within the page.
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20734 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20743 height_special "totalheight"
20746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20749 This is a minipage.
20750 The text is set in an italic style.
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20757 another formatting.
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20766 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20769 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20773 as described in section
20774 \begin_inset space ~
20778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20780 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20785 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20801 height_special "totalheight"
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20806 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20812 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20816 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20825 height_special "totalheight"
20828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20829 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20830 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20838 \begin_layout Standard
20839 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20845 \begin_layout Standard
20846 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20847 to other box types.
20848 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20859 \begin_layout Chapter
20860 Mathematical Formulas
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20905 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20918 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20921 \begin_layout Section
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20935 \begin_layout Standard
20936 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20937 \begin_inset Graphics
20938 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20943 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20945 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20946 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20947 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20956 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20960 \begin_inset space ~
20965 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20970 line, like this one:
20973 \begin_layout Standard
20974 This is a line with an inline formula
20975 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20982 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20984 \begin_inset Formula \[
20989 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21009 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21010 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21014 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21017 \begin_inset space ~
21025 \begin_layout Subsection
21026 Navigating in Formulas
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21040 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21041 achieved with the arrow keys.
21042 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21043 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21048 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21049 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21053 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21057 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21059 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21067 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21072 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21073 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21076 \begin_layout Standard
21081 , printed in this document as
21082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21103 \begin_inset Note Note
21106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21108 space character (visible space).
21113 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21114 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21115 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21120 For example, if you want
21121 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21175 , since in the latter case only the
21178 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21183 will be under the square root sign:
21184 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21193 \begin_inset Formula \[
21194 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21197 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21201 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21202 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21205 \begin_layout Subsection
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21210 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21211 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21215 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21216 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21217 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21218 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21219 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21222 \begin_layout Subsection
21223 Exponents and Subscripts
21227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21248 way is to use a command.
21250 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21253 , type in a formula
21259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21275 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21281 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21285 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21315 , you have to use an extra
21319 to separate the hat and the character.
21322 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 Subscripts are similar: To get
21344 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 \begin_layout Subsection
21372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 Create a fraction with either the command
21389 \begin_inset Graphics
21390 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21398 \begin_inset space ~
21404 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21405 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21406 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21411 To move back up, press
21416 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21417 \begin_inset Formula \[
21418 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21420 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21427 \begin_layout Subsection
21432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 Roots can be created using the
21445 \begin_inset space ~
21451 \begin_inset Graphics
21452 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21475 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21481 produces always a square root.
21484 \begin_layout Subsection
21485 Operators with Limits
21489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21508 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21517 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21521 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21524 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21525 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21526 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21527 The sum operator will automatically place its
21528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21535 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21538 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21542 \begin_inset Formula \[
21543 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21547 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21551 \begin_layout Standard
21552 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21554 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21555 behind the operator and hitting
21561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21562 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21564 \begin_inset space ~
21568 \begin_inset space ~
21576 \begin_layout Standard
21577 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21585 feature as addition, such as
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_inset Formula \[
21597 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21601 which will place the
21602 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21614 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21615 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21621 \begin_layout Standard
21622 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21629 Have a look at section
21630 \begin_inset space ~
21634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21636 reference "sub:Functions"
21640 for an explanation of function macros.
21643 \begin_layout Subsection
21648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21658 Most math symbols can be found in the
21661 \begin_inset space ~
21666 under one of several categories; including
21683 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21688 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21689 you don't have to use the
21692 \begin_inset space ~
21697 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21698 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21701 \begin_layout Subsection
21706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21715 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21722 \begin_layout Standard
21723 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21732 \begin_inset space ~
21738 \begin_inset Graphics
21739 filename ../images/math/space.png
21744 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21745 Here a example for the sequence
21750 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21754 \begin_inset Graphics
21755 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21760 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21761 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21762 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21763 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21778 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21784 \begin_layout Standard
21794 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21800 \begin_layout Subsection
21805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21814 name "sub:Functions"
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21825 \begin_inset space ~
21830 contains under the button
21831 \begin_inset Graphics
21832 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21836 a number of functions, such as
21837 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21841 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21849 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21856 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21857 avoid confusions, because
21858 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21862 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21869 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21871 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21875 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21881 \begin_layout Standard
21882 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21883 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21884 \begin_inset space ~
21888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21890 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21897 \begin_layout Subsection
21902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 \begin_layout Standard
21912 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21914 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21915 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21917 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21920 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21921 Our example is entered by typing
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21948 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21952 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 \begin_inset Float table
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_inset Caption
21964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21967 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21971 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 \begin_inset Tabular
21982 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22568 \begin_layout Standard
22569 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22572 \begin_inset space ~
22578 \begin_inset Graphics
22579 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22583 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22587 \begin_layout Section
22588 Brackets and Delimiters
22592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22611 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22620 For most purposes, using just the keys
22625 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22626 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22635 \begin_inset Graphics
22636 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22641 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22643 \begin_inset Formula \[
22644 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22646 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22650 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22651 \begin_inset Formula \[
22652 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22659 \begin_layout Standard
22660 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22661 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22664 \begin_layout Standard
22665 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22666 left side and right side.
22667 If you use the option
22670 \begin_inset space ~
22675 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22676 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22677 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22678 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22681 \begin_layout Standard
22682 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22683 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22684 inside the brackets.
22685 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22690 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22693 \begin_layout Standard
22694 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22705 \begin_layout Section
22710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22719 name "sec:Grouping"
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22728 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22739 \begin_layout Standard
22740 \begin_inset Formula \[
22741 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22749 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22764 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22765 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22766 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22769 \begin_layout Section
22770 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22795 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22803 \begin_layout Standard
22804 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22807 \begin_inset space ~
22813 \begin_inset Graphics
22814 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22819 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22820 Here is an example:
22821 \begin_inset Formula \[
22822 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22825 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22829 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22830 \begin_inset space ~
22834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22836 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22841 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22842 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22843 This alignment is set in the box
22848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22896 for every column as default.
22897 For example, the sequence
22898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22909 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22910 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22911 corresponds to the relevant column.
22912 The result will look like this:
22913 \begin_inset Formula \[
22915 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22916 column & has & has\, right\\
22917 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22929 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22930 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22932 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22938 \begin_layout Standard
22939 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22940 It can be created with the menu
22942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22943 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22945 \begin_inset space ~
22958 \begin_inset Formula \[
22962 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22969 \begin_layout Standard
22970 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22973 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22981 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22990 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22998 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22999 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23000 A new row is created by every further hit of
23008 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23009 Here is an example:
23010 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23011 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23012 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23016 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23017 where you want to start the shift and hit
23022 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23023 position to the next column.
23024 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23025 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23026 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23027 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23035 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23042 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23043 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23046 reference "eq:asquared"
23051 The other types are described in section
23052 \begin_inset space ~
23056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23058 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23065 \begin_layout Section
23066 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23071 Math ! Formula numbering
23080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23081 Math ! Referencing formulas
23087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23089 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23099 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23100 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23102 \begin_inset space ~
23110 \begin_inset space ~
23116 The formula number appears in LyX as
23117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23124 within parentheses.
23126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23133 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23135 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23136 the document class.
23137 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23138 separated by a dot:
23139 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23140 1+1=2\end{equation}
23147 \begin_inset space ~
23152 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23153 You can only number displayed formulas.
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23157 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23159 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23160 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23162 \begin_inset space ~
23166 \begin_inset space ~
23170 \begin_inset space ~
23178 \begin_inset space ~
23183 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23184 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23186 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23187 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23191 To number all lines use the shortcut
23194 \begin_inset space ~
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23206 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23207 A label is inserted with the menu
23209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23212 when the cursor is in the formula.
23213 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23214 It is recommended to use the proposed
23215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23226 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23227 type when you have many labels in your document.
23228 We inserted in the following example the label
23229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23236 in the second line:
23237 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23238 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23239 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23243 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23244 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23254 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23258 \begin_inset space ~
23264 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23265 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23266 as the formula number:
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23273 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23280 \begin_layout Standard
23281 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23282 \begin_inset space ~
23286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23288 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23293 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23299 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23304 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23312 \begin_layout Section
23313 User defined math macros
23317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23326 name "sec:math-macros"
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23335 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23336 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23338 \begin_inset Newline newline
23341 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23342 \begin_inset Formula \[
23343 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23347 The general form of its solution is:
23348 \begin_inset Formula \[
23349 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 The macro should print the parameters
23358 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23362 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23366 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23369 like in the equation above.
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23373 A macro is created by executing the command
23376 \begin_layout Standard
23383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 \begin_inset space ~
23410 \begin_inset space ~
23416 \begin_layout Standard
23417 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23418 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23419 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23420 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23424 \begin_layout Standard
23425 We have three arguments and name the macro
23426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 , so that the command is:
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23468 \begin_layout Standard
23469 This results in the following macro definition box:
23470 \begin_inset Graphics
23471 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23476 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23477 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23478 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23482 \begin_inset Note Note
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23486 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23487 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23495 \begin_layout Standard
23496 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23497 the math panel or commands.
23498 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23499 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23510 for the first argument.
23511 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23512 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23513 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23514 in LyX with its full size.
23515 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23516 In our example we insert the sequence
23517 \begin_inset Newline newline
23545 \begin_inset Newline newline
23550 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23553 \begin_layout Standard
23554 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23569 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23572 \begin_layout Standard
23574 \begin_inset Graphics
23575 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23582 \begin_layout Standard
23583 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23584 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23585 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23586 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23587 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23592 to the new definition.
23593 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23594 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23598 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23602 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23606 \begin_inset Formula \[
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23615 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23633 \begin_inset Newline newline
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23666 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23671 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23672 definition box in your document.
23673 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23675 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23677 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23682 \begin_layout Section
23686 \begin_layout Subsection
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23702 To set a font in a formula, use the
23705 \begin_inset space ~
23711 \begin_inset Graphics
23712 filename ../images/math/font.png
23716 , or enter its command, listed in table
23717 \begin_inset space ~
23721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23723 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23730 \begin_layout Standard
23731 \begin_inset Float table
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23737 \begin_inset Caption
23739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23742 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23746 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 \begin_inset Tabular
23757 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23846 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23879 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23906 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23933 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24029 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24055 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24060 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24061 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24062 Here an example where a
24063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24074 denotes the set of numbers:
24075 \begin_inset Formula \[
24076 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24083 \begin_layout Standard
24084 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24095 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24099 \begin_inset Newline newline
24102 So better don't use this feature.
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24107 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24111 \begin_inset Newline newline
24114 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24120 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24121 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24134 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24138 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24141 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24151 \begin_layout Subsection
24156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 \begin_layout Standard
24166 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24168 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24172 \begin_inset space ~
24176 \begin_inset space ~
24184 \begin_inset space ~
24190 \begin_inset Graphics
24191 filename ../images/math/font.png
24195 (alternatively the shortcut
24198 \begin_inset space ~
24204 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24205 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24206 Here is an example:
24207 \begin_inset Formula \[
24209 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24210 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24217 \begin_layout Subsection
24222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24231 \begin_layout Standard
24232 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24233 automatically chosen in most situations.
24251 For most characters,
24259 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24260 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24265 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24266 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24267 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24268 \begin_inset Graphics
24269 filename ../images/math/style.png
24274 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24275 For example, you can set
24276 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24279 , which is normally in
24288 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24292 The four styles are used in the following example:
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24296 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24300 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24304 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24308 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24314 \begin_layout Standard
24315 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24316 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24320 \begin_inset space ~
24325 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24326 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24327 will be adjusted to correspond.
24328 As example a formula in the font size
24329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24343 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24349 \begin_layout Section
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24355 the document classes and into layout modules.
24359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24365 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24366 other than the AMS classes.
24368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24370 reference "sub:Modules"
24374 for more on layout modules.
24377 \begin_layout Section
24382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 \begin_layout Standard
24402 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24403 (AMS) that are in common use.
24406 \begin_layout Subsection
24407 Enabling AMS-Support
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24411 Selecting the checkbox
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24422 \begin_inset space ~
24429 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24437 Document ! Settings
24445 \begin_inset space ~
24450 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24452 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24453 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24456 \begin_layout Subsection
24458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24460 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24469 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24478 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24479 LyX allows you to choose between
24500 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24503 \begin_layout Chapter
24507 \begin_layout Section
24512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24521 name "sec:Cross-References"
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24529 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24530 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24532 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24533 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24534 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24537 \begin_layout Enumerate
24541 \begin_layout Enumerate
24542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24544 name "enu:Second-item"
24551 \begin_layout Enumerate
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24556 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24561 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24562 \begin_inset Graphics
24563 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24569 A grey label box like this:
24570 \begin_inset Graphics
24571 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24576 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24577 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24612 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24613 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24634 or the toolbar button
24635 \begin_inset Graphics
24636 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24642 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24643 \begin_inset Graphics
24644 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24649 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24651 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24664 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24666 Here is our cross-reference:
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24671 \begin_inset space ~
24675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24677 reference "enu:Second-item"
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 It is recommended to use a protected space
24689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24690 described in section
24691 \begin_inset space ~
24695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24697 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24706 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24710 \begin_layout Standard
24711 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24714 \begin_layout Description
24715 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24718 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24725 \begin_layout Description
24726 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24727 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24739 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24746 \begin_layout Description
24747 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24748 \begin_inset space ~
24752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24753 LatexCommand pageref
24754 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24761 \begin_layout Description
24763 \begin_inset space ~
24767 \begin_inset space ~
24770 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24772 LatexCommand vpageref
24773 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24780 \begin_layout Description
24782 \begin_inset space ~
24786 \begin_inset space ~
24790 \begin_inset space ~
24793 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24797 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24804 \begin_layout Description
24806 \begin_inset space ~
24809 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24810 \begin_inset Newline newline
24814 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24822 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24831 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24845 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24846 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24852 \begin_inset space ~
24856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24872 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24873 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24877 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 You can only use the style
24886 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24890 is always possible.
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24894 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24895 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24896 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24897 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24904 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24915 \begin_inset space ~
24919 \begin_inset space ~
24924 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24925 The button text changes then to
24928 \begin_inset space ~
24933 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24934 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24935 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24940 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24941 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24942 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24945 \begin_layout Standard
24946 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24947 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 References are described in detail in the
24958 \begin_layout Section
24959 Table of Contents and other Listings
24963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24989 \begin_layout Subsection
24991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24993 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25001 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25004 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25006 \begin_inset space ~
25010 \begin_inset space ~
25016 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25017 If you click on it, the
25021 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25022 sections in your documents.
25023 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 that is described in sec.
25029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25035 reference "sec:Navigating"
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25044 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25046 \begin_inset space ~
25050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25052 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25056 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25058 \begin_inset space ~
25062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25064 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25068 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25070 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25073 \begin_layout Subsection
25074 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25077 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25084 \begin_layout Standard
25085 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25086 You can insert them via the
25088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25090 \begin_inset space ~
25094 \begin_inset space ~
25100 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25103 \begin_layout Section
25104 URLs and Hyperlinks
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25134 \begin_layout Subsection
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25139 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25148 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25149 \begin_inset Flex URL
25152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25162 \begin_layout Standard
25163 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25169 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25174 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25182 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25190 \begin_layout Subsection
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25200 or with the toolbar button
25201 \begin_inset Graphics
25202 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25208 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25217 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25218 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25221 name "LyX's homepage"
25222 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25226 , an Email address like this:
25227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25229 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25230 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25235 , or a link to a file.
25238 \begin_layout Standard
25239 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25252 to the link target.
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25257 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25258 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25259 the text style dialog.
25260 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25264 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25266 name "LyX's homepage"
25267 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25275 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25279 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25282 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25286 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25288 \begin_inset Newline newline
25296 \begin_inset Newline newline
25303 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25306 \begin_layout Section
25311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25320 name "sec:Appendices"
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25328 Appendices are created with the menu
25330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25332 \begin_inset space ~
25336 \begin_inset space ~
25342 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25343 as appendix region.
25344 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25348 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25349 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25350 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25351 and the subsection number.
25352 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25358 \begin_inset space ~
25362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25364 reference "cha:Credits"
25369 \begin_inset space ~
25373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25375 reference "sub:Export"
25382 \begin_layout Section
25387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25396 name "sec:Bibliography"
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25404 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25405 You can include a bibliography database
25409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25410 Known under the name
25411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25423 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25425 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25429 , described in section
25430 \begin_inset space ~
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25436 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25448 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25450 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25459 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25461 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25470 , a short form of its title, as key.
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25479 or the toolbar button
25480 \begin_inset Graphics
25481 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25487 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25488 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25489 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25490 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25496 with surrounding brackets.
25501 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25502 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25517 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25522 key "latexcompanion"
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25540 \begin_layout Subsection
25541 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25546 Bibliography ! Databases
25555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25556 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25564 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25574 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25576 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25577 your working field in a database.
25578 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25579 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 The database is a text file with the file extension
25584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25595 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25596 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25599 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25604 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25606 \begin_inset Newline newline
25610 \begin_inset Flex URL
25613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25615 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25621 \begin_inset Newline newline
25624 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 To use a database, use the menu
25630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25635 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25648 \begin_inset space ~
25654 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25655 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25659 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25671 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25672 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25673 take care of the layout.
25676 \begin_layout Standard
25677 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25680 \begin_layout Standard
25681 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25687 \begin_layout Standard
25688 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25690 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25724 \begin_inset space ~
25730 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25739 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25746 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25747 the two methods of creating them.
25748 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25749 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25750 We used the style file
25754 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25757 \begin_layout Subsection
25758 Bibliography layout
25762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25763 Bibliography ! Layout
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25773 For this feature you need to use the option
25779 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25787 Document ! Settings
25797 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25798 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25799 in the previous section.
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25803 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25804 in the citation reference window.
25805 Here an example where we set the text
25806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25817 to appear after the reference:
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25825 key "latexcompanion"
25832 \begin_layout Section
25837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25863 or the toolbar button
25864 \begin_inset Graphics
25865 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25884 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25885 by LyX as index entry.
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25889 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25890 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25894 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25905 \begin_layout Standard
25906 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25910 \begin_inset space ~
25914 \begin_inset space ~
25917 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25919 \begin_inset space ~
25925 A light blue box labeled
25926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25937 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25938 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25941 \begin_layout Subsection
25942 Grouping Index Entries
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25956 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25958 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25959 lists under the entry
25960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25968 First we create the entry
25969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25983 reference "sub:Lists"
25988 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25989 \begin_inset space ~
25993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25995 reference "sec:Itemize"
25999 , we insert the command
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 for the enumerated list in section
26020 \begin_inset space ~
26024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26026 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26034 The exclamation mark
26035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26042 marks the grouping levels.
26043 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26044 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26045 If we don't have an index entry for
26046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26053 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26056 \begin_layout Subsection
26061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26062 Index ! Page ranges
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26073 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26074 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26076 \begin_inset space ~
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26082 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26092 Paragraph environments|(
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 and another entry at the end of section
26097 \begin_inset space ~
26101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26103 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26110 \begin_layout Standard
26113 Paragraph environments|)
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26142 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26143 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26144 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26145 An example is the index entry
26146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26149 Document ! Settings
26150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26156 \begin_layout Subsection
26161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26162 Index ! Cross referencing
26170 \begin_layout Standard
26171 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26172 We referred for example in the index entry
26173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26181 \begin_inset space ~
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26187 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26191 ) to the index entry
26192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26199 in the same section using the entry
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26205 GIF|see{Image formats}
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26209 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26210 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26211 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26214 \begin_layout Subsection
26219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26220 Index ! Entry order
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26230 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26231 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26236 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26244 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26253 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26254 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 Dummy entries ! maïs
26292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26293 Dummy entries ! maître
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26303 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26308 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26309 order maïs, maison, maître.
26310 To achieve this, we use the command
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26316 previous entry@current entry
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 In our case we want to have
26321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26336 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26346 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26347 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26351 \begin_layout Subsection
26356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26357 Index ! Entry layout
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26366 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26373 This is an italic dummy entry
26378 You can also format the page number using the character
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26386 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26387 We can write for example
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26393 italic page number:|textit
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 to get the page number in italic.
26401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26402 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26407 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26425 \begin_inset space ~
26431 Have a look at section
26432 \begin_inset space ~
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26438 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26442 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26454 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26458 to generate the index, see section
26459 \begin_inset space ~
26463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26465 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26474 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26475 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26477 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26480 key "latexcompanion"
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26493 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26495 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26496 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26497 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26498 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26499 If so, put the following in preamble
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 into the index entry.
26529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26530 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26535 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26536 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26537 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26547 \begin_inset space ~
26550 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26551 for all index entries.
26552 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26564 documentation for details,
26565 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26567 key "makeindex,xindy"
26574 \begin_layout Subsection
26579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26588 name "sub:Index-Program"
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26596 When the index entry program
26600 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26601 generation, otherwise the program
26605 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26606 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26607 dialog, see section
26608 \begin_inset space ~
26612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26614 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26619 The available options are listed and explained in
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26622 key "makeindex,xindy"
26627 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26630 \begin_layout Standard
26635 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26636 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26638 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26640 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26641 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26649 \begin_layout Section
26650 Nomenclature / Glossary
26654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26695 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26702 \begin_layout Standard
26703 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26704 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26718 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26724 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26725 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26731 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26735 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26736 and then use the menu
26738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26744 \begin_inset space ~
26749 or the toolbar button
26750 \begin_inset Graphics
26751 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26769 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26773 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26774 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26775 The second is the description of the symbol.
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26787 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26795 \begin_layout Subsection
26796 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26801 Nomenclature ! Layout
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26814 field as LaTeX-formula.
26816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26820 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26828 \begin_inset Newline newline
26836 \begin_inset Newline newline
26842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26849 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26850 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26862 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26873 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26874 \begin_inset space ~
26878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26880 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26887 \begin_layout Standard
26891 \begin_inset space ~
26896 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26897 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26902 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26909 in this document is:
26910 \begin_inset Newline newline
26915 dummy entry for the character
26920 \begin_inset Newline newline
26932 \begin_inset space ~
26942 font use the command
26971 \begin_layout Subsection
26972 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26977 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26987 the symbol definition.
26988 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26989 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26992 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26993 LatexCommand nomenclature
26995 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27002 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27006 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27007 LatexCommand nomenclature
27010 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27015 They will be sorted by
27016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27042 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27045 will be sorted before the
27049 since the character
27050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27057 is considered in sorting.
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27064 \begin_inset space ~
27069 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27070 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27072 For the given example, you can insert
27076 to this field for the
27077 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27084 will be located before
27085 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27092 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27097 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27106 \begin_layout Subsection
27107 Nomenclature Options
27111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27112 Nomenclature ! Options
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27125 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27126 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27129 \begin_layout Description
27130 refeq Appends the phrase
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27146 to every nomenclature entry, where
27152 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27155 \begin_layout Description
27156 refpage Appends the phrase
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27172 to every nomenclature entry, where
27178 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27181 \begin_layout Description
27182 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 There are furthermore the options
27230 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27236 class options list in the
27238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27242 In this document the options
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27254 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27261 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27262 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27267 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27270 \begin_layout Description
27280 \begin_layout Description
27283 nomrefpage Like the
27290 \begin_layout Description
27293 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27302 \begin_layout Description
27306 \begin_inset space ~
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27317 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27320 \begin_layout Subsection
27321 Printing the Nomenclature
27325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27326 Nomenclature ! Printing
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27339 \begin_inset space ~
27343 \begin_inset space ~
27346 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27350 A light blue box labeled
27351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27362 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27363 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27367 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27376 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27384 For example, in order to change the name to
27388 , add the following line to the preamble:
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27399 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27403 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27410 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27411 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27414 \begin_layout Standard
27422 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27428 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27429 \begin_inset space ~
27433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27435 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27440 The default value is 1
27441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27447 \begin_layout Section
27452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27463 Document ! Branches
27469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27471 name "sec:Branches"
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27480 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27481 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27482 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27486 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27487 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27488 To create a branch, go in the
27490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27498 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27499 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27504 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27509 where you can choose a branch.
27510 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27514 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27515 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27519 \begin_inset Branch Question
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27523 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27532 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27536 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27552 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27553 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27555 For example you can define for the question branch
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27560 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27561 \begin_inset space ~
27565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27567 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 and for the answer branch
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 \begin_inset Branch Question
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27660 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 Now it is possible to use the commands
27700 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27707 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27710 to obtain conditional output.
27711 Here is an example formula where only the
27718 \begin_inset Formula \[
27719 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27727 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27728 \begin_inset space ~
27732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27734 reference "sec:math-macros"
27741 \begin_layout Section
27742 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27745 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27752 \begin_layout Subsection
27757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27766 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27775 constructs, but not all.
27776 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27777 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27778 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27779 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27780 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27787 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27791 \begin_inset space ~
27796 or by the toolbar button
27797 \begin_inset Graphics
27798 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27803 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27808 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27809 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27810 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27817 , you can write the command part
27823 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27827 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27828 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27829 the following example:
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 \begin_inset Graphics
27834 filename clipart/ERT.png
27842 \begin_layout Standard
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 This is a line with a
27851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27883 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27884 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27892 \begin_layout Subsection
27893 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27894 \begin_inset OptArg
27897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27916 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27925 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27926 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27935 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27936 every time if you know the right commands.
27938 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27939 the end of the day.
27940 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27941 all caption labels bold.
27942 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27944 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27948 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27949 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27950 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27952 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27962 As result you know that the package
27970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27971 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27977 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27979 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27990 usepackage[options]{package name}
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27994 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27995 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27996 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28000 In your case the package name is
28005 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28010 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28011 So you add the command
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28019 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28028 For more commands provided by the
28032 package, have a look at its documentation,
28033 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28048 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28050 For example if you use a
28054 class, you don't need the package
28058 , you can instead write
28061 \begin_layout Standard
28066 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28072 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28073 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28074 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28081 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28086 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28088 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28089 the previous section.
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28093 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28095 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28097 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28105 \begin_layout Section
28106 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28119 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28136 \begin_layout Standard
28137 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28138 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28139 to break your train of thought with
28141 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28148 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28149 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28158 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28163 as explained below, and turn on
28166 \begin_inset space ~
28173 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28179 \begin_inset space ~
28183 \begin_inset space ~
28186 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28193 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28195 Previews of an already loaded document are
28199 generated just by selecting the
28202 \begin_inset space ~
28207 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28212 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28215 \begin_inset space ~
28220 check box in the insert dialog.
28221 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28226 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28230 (on some systems named simply
28235 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28237 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28243 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28244 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28252 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28264 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28268 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28270 \begin_inset space ~
28275 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28276 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28278 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28279 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28280 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28281 the source view window.
28284 \begin_layout Section
28286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28288 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28307 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28324 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28330 can be seen as successor of
28334 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28339 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28340 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28350 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28363 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28364 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28365 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28366 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28367 scrolled so that it is visible.
28372 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28374 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28378 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28379 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28382 \begin_layout Standard
28383 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28390 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28391 will bring an error message.
28392 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28393 specifying a different
28395 Alternative language
28397 in preferences dialog.
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28404 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28410 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28412 But you can use the
28415 \begin_inset space ~
28419 \begin_inset space ~
28427 \begin_layout Standard
28428 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28429 This does work with
28433 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28436 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28440 \begin_layout Standard
28445 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28448 \begin_layout Description
28450 \begin_inset space ~
28453 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28454 should consider, e.g.
28455 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28456 This should not normally be needed.
28459 \begin_layout Description
28461 \begin_inset space ~
28464 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28465 as your personal dictionary
28468 \begin_layout Description
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28477 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28489 \begin_layout Description
28491 \begin_inset space ~
28495 \begin_inset space ~
28498 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28507 also for the spellchecker.
28511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28512 The encodings are explained in section
28513 \begin_inset space ~
28517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28519 reference "sub:Settings"
28528 Only enable this if you use
28532 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28533 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28534 so this is disabled by default.
28537 \begin_layout Section
28542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28551 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28559 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28566 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28569 or the toolbar button
28570 \begin_inset Graphics
28571 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28573 rotateOrigin center
28578 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28584 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28585 cases to find related words.
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28589 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28591 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28599 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28608 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28627 \begin_layout Section
28632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28643 Document ! Change Tracking
28649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28651 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28660 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28661 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28662 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28666 \begin_inset space ~
28669 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28671 \begin_inset space ~
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28680 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28689 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28692 \begin_inset space ~
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28732 \begin_layout Standard
28733 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 \begin_inset Graphics
28741 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28749 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28755 \begin_layout Standard
28756 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28768 \begin_inset Tabular
28769 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28770 <features islongtable="true">
28771 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28772 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28778 \begin_inset Graphics
28779 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28781 rotateOrigin center
28790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28798 \begin_inset space ~
28801 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28803 \begin_inset space ~
28812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_inset Graphics
28818 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28820 rotateOrigin center
28829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28837 \begin_inset space ~
28840 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28842 \begin_inset space ~
28846 \begin_inset space ~
28850 \begin_inset space ~
28859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28864 \begin_inset Graphics
28865 filename ../images/change-next.png
28866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28867 rotateOrigin center
28876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28880 Jumps to the next change
28886 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28891 \begin_inset Graphics
28892 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28894 rotateOrigin center
28903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28909 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28911 \begin_inset space ~
28914 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28916 \begin_inset space ~
28925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28930 \begin_inset Graphics
28931 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28933 rotateOrigin center
28942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28950 \begin_inset space ~
28953 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28955 \begin_inset space ~
28964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 \begin_inset Graphics
28970 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28972 rotateOrigin center
28981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28992 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28994 \begin_inset space ~
29003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29008 \begin_inset Graphics
29009 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29011 rotateOrigin center
29020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29028 \begin_inset space ~
29031 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29033 \begin_inset space ~
29037 \begin_inset space ~
29046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29051 \begin_inset Graphics
29052 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29054 rotateOrigin center
29063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29071 \begin_inset space ~
29074 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29076 \begin_inset space ~
29080 \begin_inset space ~
29089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29094 \begin_inset Graphics
29095 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29096 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29097 rotateOrigin center
29106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29113 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29115 \begin_inset space ~
29124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29129 \begin_inset Graphics
29130 filename ../images/note-next.png
29131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29132 rotateOrigin center
29141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29149 \begin_inset space ~
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29166 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29172 \begin_layout Standard
29173 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29174 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29175 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29176 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29177 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29178 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29179 step to the next change.
29180 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29183 \begin_layout Standard
29184 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29185 to describe a change.
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29189 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29198 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29204 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29205 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29211 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29214 \begin_layout Section
29215 International Support
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 International support
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29229 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29230 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29231 how to set up LyX to use them:
29232 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29234 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29242 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29249 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29256 \begin_layout Subsection
29261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29272 Document ! Settings
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 Document ! Language
29290 \begin_layout Standard
29293 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29296 dialog lets you set
29298 the language and character encoding for your language.
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29303 Choose your language in the
29307 section of this dialog.
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29320 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29324 use language's default encoding
29326 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29327 For details about the different encoding options see section
29328 \begin_inset space ~
29332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29334 reference "sub:Settings"
29341 \begin_layout Subsection
29342 Keyboard mapping configuration
29343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29345 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29353 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29354 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29355 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29356 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29357 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29359 \begin_inset space ~
29363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29365 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29370 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29371 which one you want to use.
29374 \begin_layout Standard
29375 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29376 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29377 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29378 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29379 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29380 one to support the characters you want.
29381 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29388 \begin_layout Subsection
29390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29401 \begin_inset space ~
29405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29407 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29416 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29421 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29422 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29430 \begin_layout Itemize
29431 Even if you have selected
29437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29440 dialog, users who have only the
29444 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29448 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29449 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29450 french quotes won't show up.
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29454 \begin_inset Float table
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 \begin_inset Caption
29462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29465 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 \begin_inset Tabular
29484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33916 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33918 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33919 also the characters from
33931 \begin_layout Itemize
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33941 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33942 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33948 \begin_layout Standard
33949 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33956 \begin_layout Standard
33957 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33964 \begin_layout Standard
33965 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33966 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33972 \begin_layout Standard
33974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33980 \begin_layout Standard
33982 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33997 \begin_layout Itemize
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34012 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34018 \begin_layout Standard
34020 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34026 \begin_layout Standard
34028 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34034 \begin_layout Standard
34036 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34042 \begin_layout Standard
34044 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34050 \begin_layout Standard
34052 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34061 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34062 Also make sure you're using the
34069 \begin_layout Chapter
34072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34074 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34082 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34083 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34084 inside the user's guide.
34087 \begin_layout Section
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34106 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34107 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34110 \begin_layout Subsection
34114 \begin_layout Standard
34115 Creates a new document.
34118 \begin_layout Subsection
34122 \begin_layout Standard
34123 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34124 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34125 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34128 \begin_layout Subsection
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34136 \begin_layout Subsection
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34141 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34142 Click there on a file to open it.
34145 \begin_layout Subsection
34149 \begin_layout Standard
34150 Closes the current document.
34153 \begin_layout Subsection
34157 \begin_layout Standard
34158 Saves the actual document.
34161 \begin_layout Subsection
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34166 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34169 \begin_layout Subsection
34173 \begin_layout Standard
34174 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34177 \begin_layout Subsection
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34182 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34183 It is described in the section
34185 Version Control in LyX
34190 \begin_inset space ~
34198 \begin_layout Subsection
34202 \begin_layout Standard
34203 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34204 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34205 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34208 \begin_layout Standard
34209 When using the menu
34212 \begin_inset space ~
34216 \begin_inset space ~
34221 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34222 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34223 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34224 will start a new paragraph.
34227 \begin_layout Subsection
34229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34238 \begin_layout Standard
34239 You can export your document to various file formats.
34240 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34241 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34242 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34245 \begin_layout Standard
34246 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34248 \begin_inset space ~
34252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34254 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34261 \begin_layout Description
34265 \begin_inset space ~
34270 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34271 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34274 \begin_layout Description
34282 \begin_layout Description
34283 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34287 \begin_layout Description
34289 \begin_inset space ~
34293 \begin_inset space ~
34296 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34300 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34308 \begin_layout Description
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 \begin_inset space ~
34328 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34329 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34333 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34336 \begin_layout Description
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 \begin_inset space ~
34356 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34357 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34365 \begin_layout Description
34367 \begin_inset space ~
34370 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34378 is replaced by the version number)
34381 \begin_layout Description
34382 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34395 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34399 \begin_layout Description
34404 PDF-format using the program
34409 \begin_layout Description
34413 \begin_inset space ~
34418 PDF-format using the program
34423 \begin_layout Description
34427 \begin_inset space ~
34432 PDF-format using the program
34437 \begin_layout Description
34441 \begin_inset space ~
34449 \begin_layout Description
34453 \begin_inset space ~
34457 \begin_inset space ~
34462 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34463 and then exported as text using the program
34468 \begin_layout Description
34473 PostScript format using the program
34478 \begin_layout Description
34486 \begin_layout Standard
34491 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34492 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34498 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34501 \begin_layout Standard
34502 If one of the menu entries
34509 \begin_inset space ~
34518 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34519 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34520 \begin_inset space ~
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34526 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 Reconfiguration of LyX
34543 \begin_layout Standard
34548 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34549 the export program.
34552 \begin_layout Subsection
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34558 or send it to a printer.
34559 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34560 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34566 For more informations have a look at section
34567 \begin_inset space ~
34571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34573 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34580 \begin_layout Subsection
34581 New and Close Window
34584 \begin_layout Standard
34585 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34586 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34589 \begin_layout Section
34594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 \begin_layout Subsection
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34608 Described in section
34609 \begin_inset space ~
34613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34615 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34622 \begin_layout Subsection
34623 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34626 \begin_layout Standard
34627 Described in section
34628 \begin_inset space ~
34632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34634 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34641 \begin_layout Subsection
34645 \begin_layout Standard
34646 Selects the whole document.
34649 \begin_layout Subsection
34653 \begin_layout Standard
34654 Described in section
34655 \begin_inset space ~
34659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34661 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34668 \begin_layout Subsection
34669 Move paragraph Up/Down
34672 \begin_layout Standard
34673 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34677 \begin_layout Subsection
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34682 Described in section
34683 \begin_inset space ~
34687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34689 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34696 \begin_layout Subsection
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 Paragraph ! Settings
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34711 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34713 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34716 \begin_layout Standard
34717 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34718 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34727 \begin_inset space ~
34735 \begin_layout Subsection
34739 \begin_layout Standard
34740 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34741 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34742 The properties of tables are described in section
34743 \begin_inset space ~
34747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34749 reference "sec:Tables"
34753 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34754 \begin_inset space ~
34758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34760 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34767 \begin_layout Subsection
34768 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34772 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34774 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34781 reference "sec:Nesting"
34786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34788 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34795 \begin_layout Section
34800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34809 \begin_layout Standard
34814 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34815 document with an external program.
34816 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34817 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34818 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34819 \begin_inset space ~
34823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34825 reference "sub:Export"
34830 You should at least see the menu entries
34837 \begin_inset space ~
34843 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34844 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34845 \begin_inset space ~
34849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34851 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 Reconfiguration of LyX
34868 \begin_layout Standard
34869 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34870 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34871 \begin_inset space ~
34875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34877 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34882 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34889 At the bottom of the
34893 menu the opened documents are listed.
34896 \begin_layout Subsection
34900 \begin_layout Standard
34901 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34909 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34916 \begin_layout Subsection
34920 \begin_layout Standard
34921 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34922 opening a new view window.
34925 \begin_layout Subsection
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34929 name "sub:Toolbars"
34937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34946 \begin_layout Standard
34947 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34948 All toolbars and the
34951 \begin_inset space ~
34956 can be turned on and off.
34961 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34973 \begin_inset space ~
34982 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34986 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34998 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35002 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35003 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35004 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35005 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35006 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35009 \begin_layout Standard
35010 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35011 \begin_inset space ~
35015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35017 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35024 \begin_layout Section
35029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 \begin_layout Subsection
35042 \begin_layout Standard
35043 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35044 \begin_inset space ~
35048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35050 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35057 \begin_layout Subsection
35059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35061 name "sub:Special-Character"
35068 \begin_layout Standard
35069 Here you can insert the following characters:
35072 \begin_layout Description
35073 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35077 \begin_layout Description
35079 \begin_inset space ~
35083 \begin_inset space ~
35086 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35093 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35100 \begin_layout Description
35102 \begin_inset space ~
35105 Quote Inserts this quote:
35106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35109 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35121 \begin_layout Description
35123 \begin_inset space ~
35126 Quote Inserts this quote:
35127 \begin_inset Quotes els
35133 \begin_layout Description
35135 \begin_inset space ~
35138 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35142 \begin_layout Description
35144 \begin_inset space ~
35151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35162 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35167 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35168 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35169 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35184 \begin_inset Newline newline
35187 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35191 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35199 and this Wiki-page:
35200 \begin_inset Newline newline
35204 \begin_inset Flex URL
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35217 \begin_layout Subsection
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35222 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35225 \begin_layout Description
35226 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35227 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35233 \begin_layout Description
35234 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35235 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35241 \begin_layout Description
35243 \begin_inset space ~
35246 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35247 \begin_inset space ~
35251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35253 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35260 \begin_layout Description
35262 \begin_inset space ~
35265 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35266 \begin_inset space ~
35270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35272 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35279 \begin_layout Description
35281 \begin_inset space ~
35284 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35285 \begin_inset space ~
35289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35291 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35298 \begin_layout Description
35300 \begin_inset space ~
35303 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35304 \begin_inset space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35317 \begin_layout Description
35319 \begin_inset space ~
35322 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35323 \begin_inset space ~
35327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35329 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35336 \begin_layout Description
35338 \begin_inset space ~
35341 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35348 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35355 \begin_layout Description
35357 \begin_inset space ~
35360 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35361 \begin_inset space ~
35365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35367 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35374 \begin_layout Description
35376 \begin_inset space ~
35379 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35386 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35393 \begin_layout Description
35395 \begin_inset space ~
35398 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35405 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35412 \begin_layout Description
35414 \begin_inset space ~
35417 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35418 \begin_inset space ~
35422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35424 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35431 \begin_layout Description
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35436 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35437 \begin_inset space ~
35441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35443 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35450 \begin_layout Description
35452 \begin_inset space ~
35456 \begin_inset space ~
35459 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35460 \begin_inset space ~
35464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35466 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35473 \begin_layout Subsection
35477 \begin_layout Standard
35478 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35479 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35487 reference "sec:toc"
35492 The index list is described in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sec:Index"
35503 , the nomenclature in section
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35514 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35515 \begin_inset space ~
35519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35521 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35528 \begin_layout Subsection
35532 \begin_layout Standard
35533 To insert floats, described in section
35534 \begin_inset space ~
35538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35540 reference "sec:Floats"
35547 \begin_layout Subsection
35551 \begin_layout Standard
35552 To insert notes, described in section
35553 \begin_inset space ~
35557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35559 reference "sec:Notes"
35566 \begin_layout Subsection
35570 \begin_layout Standard
35571 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35572 \begin_inset space ~
35576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35578 reference "sec:Branches"
35585 \begin_layout Subsection
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 \begin_layout Standard
35600 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35601 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35612 \begin_layout Subsection
35617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35626 \begin_layout Standard
35627 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35634 reference "sec:Minipages"
35639 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35650 \begin_layout Subsection
35654 \begin_layout Standard
35655 Inserts a citation as described in section
35656 \begin_inset space ~
35660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35662 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35669 \begin_layout Subsection
35673 \begin_layout Standard
35674 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35675 \begin_inset space ~
35679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35681 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35688 \begin_layout Subsection
35692 \begin_layout Standard
35693 Inserts a label as described in section
35694 \begin_inset space ~
35698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35700 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35707 \begin_layout Subsection
35712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 Longtables ! Caption
35731 \begin_layout Standard
35732 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35733 Floats are described in section
35734 \begin_inset space ~
35738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35740 reference "sec:Floats"
35744 , cations in longtables are described in section
35755 \begin_layout Subsection
35759 \begin_layout Standard
35760 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35761 \begin_inset space ~
35765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35767 reference "sec:Index"
35774 \begin_layout Subsection
35778 \begin_layout Standard
35779 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35786 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35793 \begin_layout Subsection
35797 \begin_layout Standard
35799 Tables are described in section
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35806 reference "sec:Tables"
35813 \begin_layout Subsection
35817 \begin_layout Standard
35819 Graphics are described in section
35820 \begin_inset space ~
35824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35826 reference "sec:Graphics"
35833 \begin_layout Subsection
35837 \begin_layout Standard
35838 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35839 \begin_inset space ~
35843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35845 reference "sec:URL"
35852 \begin_layout Subsection
35856 \begin_layout Standard
35857 Inserts a footnote, see section
35858 \begin_inset space ~
35862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35864 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35871 \begin_layout Subsection
35875 \begin_layout Standard
35876 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35883 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35890 \begin_layout Subsection
35894 \begin_layout Standard
35895 Inserts a short title, see section
35896 \begin_inset space ~
35900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35902 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35909 \begin_layout Subsection
35913 \begin_layout Standard
35914 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35915 \begin_inset space ~
35919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35921 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35928 \begin_layout Subsection
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35943 Inserts a program listings box.
35944 Program listings are explained in chapter
35946 Program Code Listings
35955 \begin_layout Subsection
35959 \begin_layout Standard
35960 Inserts the actual date.
35961 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35963 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35973 There the different methods are also compared.
35976 \begin_layout Section
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35990 \begin_layout Standard
35991 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35992 the current document.
35993 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35996 \begin_layout Standard
35997 The Navigate menu also offers to
36000 \begin_layout Subsection
36004 \begin_layout Standard
36005 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36006 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36013 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36014 \begin_inset space ~
36017 2.5 and use the menu
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36037 \begin_inset space ~
36041 \begin_inset space ~
36047 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36059 \begin_layout Standard
36060 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36061 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36064 \begin_layout Subsection
36065 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36068 \begin_layout Standard
36069 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36073 \begin_layout Subsection
36077 \begin_layout Standard
36078 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36079 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36080 on a cross-reference box.
36083 \begin_layout Section
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36097 \begin_layout Subsection
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 Change Tracking is described in section
36103 \begin_inset space ~
36107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36109 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36134 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36138 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36143 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36146 \begin_layout Subsection
36150 \begin_layout Standard
36151 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36152 \begin_inset space ~
36156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36158 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36165 \begin_layout Subsection
36166 Start Appendix Here
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36170 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36171 position as described in section
36172 \begin_inset space ~
36176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36178 reference "sec:Appendices"
36185 \begin_layout Subsection
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 Un/compresses the actual document.
36193 \begin_layout Subsection
36195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36197 name "sub:Settings"
36205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36206 Document ! Settings
36214 \begin_layout Standard
36215 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36217 You can save your document settings as default with the
36219 Save as Document Defaults
36221 button in the dialog.
36222 This will create a template named
36226 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36234 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36240 Document classes are described in section
36241 \begin_inset space ~
36245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36247 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36252 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36257 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36258 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36261 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 The document font settings are described in section
36267 \begin_inset space ~
36271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36273 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36280 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36284 \begin_layout Standard
36285 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36287 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36291 \begin_layout Standard
36292 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36293 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36294 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36298 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36306 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36310 \begin_layout Standard
36311 A description of this menu is given in section
36312 \begin_inset space ~
36316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36318 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36325 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36332 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36336 \begin_layout Standard
36337 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36338 \begin_inset space ~
36342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36344 reference "sub:Margins"
36351 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 Language ! Encoding
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36366 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36367 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36368 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36369 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36370 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36371 known for a particular character).
36375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36376 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36377 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36382 manual for details.
36390 \begin_layout Standard
36391 If you use the option
36393 use language's default encoding
36395 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36397 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36398 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36399 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36400 exactly one encoding.
36401 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36410 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36411 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36413 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36430 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36431 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36432 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36433 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36434 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36437 use language's default encoding
36439 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36440 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36441 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36444 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36448 \begin_layout Description
36450 \begin_inset space ~
36455 use language's default encoding
36457 , but the LaTeX-package
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36472 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36473 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36474 languages in TeX code.
36477 \begin_layout Description
36478 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36481 \begin_layout Description
36482 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36483 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36486 \begin_layout Description
36487 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36490 \begin_layout Description
36491 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36494 \begin_layout Description
36495 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36498 \begin_layout Description
36499 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36502 \begin_layout Description
36503 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36506 \begin_layout Description
36507 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36508 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36511 \begin_layout Description
36512 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36513 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36516 \begin_layout Description
36517 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36520 \begin_layout Description
36521 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36524 \begin_layout Description
36525 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36528 \begin_layout Description
36529 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36534 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36535 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36539 \begin_layout Description
36540 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36541 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36544 \begin_layout Description
36545 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36549 \begin_layout Description
36550 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36553 \begin_layout Description
36554 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36555 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36558 \begin_layout Description
36559 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36560 the euro currency sign, the
36564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36574 be the replacement for latin1
36577 \begin_layout Description
36578 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36581 \begin_layout Description
36582 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36597 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36601 \begin_layout Description
36602 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36611 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36616 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36619 \begin_layout Description
36620 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36629 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36634 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36637 \begin_layout Description
36638 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36642 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36652 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36666 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36671 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36673 \begin_inset space ~
36677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36679 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36686 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36691 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36714 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36720 For a further description see section
36721 \begin_inset space ~
36725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36727 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36734 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36767 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36770 \begin_layout Standard
36775 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36776 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36779 \begin_layout Standard
36784 is used for special integral characters.
36787 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 The float placement options are described in section
36793 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36799 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36806 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36812 The itemize environment is described in section
36813 \begin_inset space ~
36817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36819 reference "sec:Itemize"
36826 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 Branches are described in section
36832 \begin_inset space ~
36836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36838 reference "sec:Branches"
36845 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36862 to define LaTeX-commands.
36863 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36864 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36870 \begin_inset space ~
36874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36876 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36883 \begin_layout Section
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 \begin_layout Subsection
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36902 Spell checking is explained in section
36903 \begin_inset space ~
36907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36909 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36916 \begin_layout Subsection
36920 \begin_layout Standard
36921 The thesaurus is described in section
36922 \begin_inset space ~
36926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36928 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36935 \begin_layout Subsection
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 \begin_layout Standard
36950 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36954 \begin_layout Subsection
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 \begin_layout Standard
36969 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36972 \begin_layout Subsection
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36978 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 Reconfiguration of LyX
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Reconfiguration of LyX
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37019 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37020 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37027 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37034 \begin_layout Subsection
37038 \begin_layout Standard
37039 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37046 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37053 \begin_layout Section
37058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 \begin_layout Standard
37068 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37072 \begin_layout Standard
37076 \begin_inset space ~
37081 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37082 found by LyX (see also section
37083 \begin_inset space ~
37087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37089 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37096 \begin_layout Section
37098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37100 name "sec:Toolbars"
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37109 \begin_inset space ~
37113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37115 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37122 \begin_layout Standard
37123 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37124 This is described in the
37131 \begin_layout Subsection
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 \begin_inset Graphics
37147 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37156 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37162 \begin_layout Standard
37163 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 \begin_inset Note Note
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37184 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37189 manual for more information.
37197 \begin_layout Standard
37198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37205 \begin_inset Tabular
37206 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37207 <features islongtable="true">
37208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37215 \begin_inset Graphics
37216 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37230 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37243 \begin_layout Standard
37244 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37252 \begin_inset Tabular
37253 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37254 <features islongtable="true">
37255 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37256 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 \begin_inset Graphics
37265 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 \begin_inset Graphics
37294 filename ../images/file-open.png
37295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_inset Graphics
37323 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 \begin_inset Graphics
37352 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37353 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37368 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 \begin_inset Graphics
37381 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 \begin_inset Graphics
37410 filename ../images/undo.png
37411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37433 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37438 \begin_inset Graphics
37439 filename ../images/redo.png
37440 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37467 \begin_inset Graphics
37468 filename ../images/cut.png
37469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 \begin_inset Graphics
37497 filename ../images/copy.png
37498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 \begin_inset Graphics
37526 filename ../images/paste.png
37527 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 \begin_inset Graphics
37555 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37557 rotateOrigin center
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37572 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 \begin_inset Graphics
37593 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37609 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37611 \begin_inset space ~
37622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 \begin_inset Graphics
37628 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37644 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37646 \begin_inset space ~
37657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 \begin_inset Graphics
37663 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 Formats text using the current settings in the
37679 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37681 \begin_inset space ~
37692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 \begin_inset Graphics
37698 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37715 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37717 \begin_inset space ~
37726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 \begin_inset Graphics
37732 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37734 rotateOrigin center
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 \begin_inset Graphics
37762 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37764 rotateOrigin center
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37791 \begin_inset Graphics
37792 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37794 rotateOrigin center
37803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 Toggle outline window on/off,
37809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37821 \begin_inset Graphics
37822 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37824 rotateOrigin center
37833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_inset Graphics
37849 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37850 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37851 rotateOrigin center
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37877 \begin_layout Subsection
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 \begin_inset Graphics
37893 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37902 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37908 \begin_layout Standard
37909 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37913 \begin_layout Standard
37914 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37920 \begin_layout Standard
37921 \begin_inset Tabular
37922 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37923 <features islongtable="true">
37924 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37925 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37931 \begin_inset Graphics
37932 filename ../images/layout.png
37933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37934 rotateOrigin center
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset Graphics
37959 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37961 rotateOrigin center
37970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 \begin_inset Graphics
37986 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37988 rotateOrigin center
37997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 \begin_inset Graphics
38013 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38015 rotateOrigin center
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_inset Graphics
38040 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38041 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38042 rotateOrigin center
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 \begin_inset Graphics
38067 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38069 rotateOrigin center
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38086 \begin_inset space ~
38090 \begin_inset space ~
38099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38104 \begin_inset Graphics
38105 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38107 rotateOrigin center
38116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38122 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38124 \begin_inset space ~
38128 \begin_inset space ~
38137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 \begin_inset Graphics
38143 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38160 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38172 \begin_inset Graphics
38173 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38174 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38190 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset Graphics
38203 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38231 \begin_inset Graphics
38232 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38233 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 \begin_inset Graphics
38261 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 \begin_inset Graphics
38290 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38308 \begin_inset space ~
38317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 \begin_inset Graphics
38323 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38341 \begin_inset space ~
38350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 \begin_inset Graphics
38356 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 \begin_inset Graphics
38385 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38387 rotateOrigin center
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38404 \begin_inset space ~
38413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 \begin_inset Graphics
38419 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38436 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 \begin_inset Graphics
38453 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 \begin_inset Graphics
38482 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 \begin_inset Graphics
38511 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 \begin_inset Graphics
38555 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38572 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38591 rotateOrigin center
38600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38606 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38608 \begin_inset space ~
38617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 \begin_inset Graphics
38623 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38625 rotateOrigin center
38634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38642 \begin_inset space ~
38651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38656 \begin_inset Graphics
38657 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38659 rotateOrigin center
38668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38674 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38688 \begin_layout Subsection
38689 View / Update Toolbar
38693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38694 Toolbar ! View / Update
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 \begin_inset Graphics
38704 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38712 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38718 \begin_layout Standard
38719 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38723 \begin_layout Standard
38724 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38730 \begin_layout Standard
38731 \begin_inset Tabular
38732 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38733 <features islongtable="true">
38734 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38735 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_inset Graphics
38742 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38744 rotateOrigin center
38753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38759 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38771 \begin_inset Graphics
38772 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38774 rotateOrigin center
38783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38789 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38790 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 \begin_inset Graphics
38803 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38804 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38805 rotateOrigin center
38814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 \begin_inset Graphics
38833 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38835 rotateOrigin center
38844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38850 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38851 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38858 functionality is merged with
38860 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38880 \begin_inset Graphics
38881 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38883 rotateOrigin center
38892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38898 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38910 \begin_inset Graphics
38911 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38913 rotateOrigin center
38922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38929 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38943 \begin_layout Subsection
38947 \begin_layout Standard
38948 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38955 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38959 , the table toolbar
38963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38969 is explained in the
38976 \begin_layout Chapter
38982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38984 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39002 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39004 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39007 \begin_layout Section
39011 \begin_layout Subsection
39013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39024 Customization ! of toolbars
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39034 Customization ! of menus
39042 \begin_layout Standard
39043 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39051 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39060 User Interface File
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39065 Customization ! of toolbars
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 Customization ! of menus
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39085 interface (ui) file.
39086 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39087 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39096 Both files are loaded by the
39101 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39102 files and edit the entries.
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39118 entries must be ended with an explicit
39143 and in the case of the
39144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39156 The syntax for the entries is:
39159 \begin_layout Standard
39160 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39188 \begin_layout Standard
39190 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39193 All LyX-functions are listed in
39194 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39203 \begin_layout Standard
39204 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39213 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39216 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39220 \begin_layout Standard
39221 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39226 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39231 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39234 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39251 \begin_layout Standard
39252 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39253 Several binding files are available:
39256 \begin_layout Description
39257 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39260 \begin_layout Description
39261 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39272 \begin_layout Description
39273 mac.bind set of bindings for
39276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39284 \begin_layout Standard
39285 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39289 , and bind files for special languages.
39290 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39300 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39304 \begin_layout Standard
39305 Some bind-files, like
39309 , have only a small scope.
39310 When looking at the the end of the file
39314 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39317 \begin_layout Standard
39318 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39319 s with a text editor.
39320 The syntax of the entries is:
39323 \begin_layout Standard
39329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39347 \begin_layout Standard
39348 All LyX-functions are listed in
39349 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39362 \begin_layout Standard
39366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39373 restore window size, or use fixed size
39375 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39390 restore window position
39392 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39395 \begin_layout Standard
39398 Restore cursor positions
39400 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39404 \begin_layout Standard
39407 Load opened files from last session
39409 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39416 name "sub:Backup documents"
39424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39438 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39441 \begin_layout Standard
39446 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39463 \begin_layout Standard
39466 Cursor follows scrollbar
39468 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39476 \begin_layout Standard
39479 Enable Pixmap Cache
39481 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39482 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39483 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39484 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39486 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39487 \begin_inset space ~
39493 \begin_layout Subsection
39498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39507 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39519 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39527 This section only deals with the fonts
39532 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39536 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39547 \begin_layout Standard
39548 By default, LyX uses
39552 as roman (serif) font,
39560 (depends on the system) as
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 You can change the font size with the
39587 \begin_layout Standard
39592 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39593 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39598 points have the size of 1
39599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39609 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39616 \begin_layout Standard
39621 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39622 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39626 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39633 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39640 \begin_layout Subsection
39645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39664 \begin_layout Standard
39665 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39666 Choose an item in the list and use the
39673 \begin_layout Subsection
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39679 Settings ! Graphics
39687 \begin_layout Standard
39688 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39691 \begin_layout Standard
39696 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39697 This feature is described in section
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39704 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39711 \begin_layout Subsection
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39727 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39735 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39742 \begin_layout Standard
39743 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39744 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39753 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39754 can use the keyboard map file named
39761 \begin_layout Standard
39762 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39770 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39778 \begin_layout Section
39783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39794 Settings ! Directory
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39807 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39808 It is the default when you
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39832 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39834 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39863 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39864 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39865 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39871 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39879 will be used to save the backups.
39880 \begin_inset Newline newline
39883 The backup files have the ending
39884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39894 \begin_layout Description
39899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39906 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39907 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39908 \begin_inset Newline newline
39912 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39920 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39928 \begin_layout Description
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39933 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39941 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39942 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39943 to find it on the system.
39944 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39945 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39954 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39955 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39959 \begin_layout Section
39963 \begin_layout Standard
39964 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39965 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39973 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39977 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39980 \begin_layout Section
39985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39986 Language ! Settings
39995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39996 Settings ! Language
40004 \begin_layout Subsection
40008 \begin_layout Description
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40013 language is the language used in new documents
40016 \begin_layout Description
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40021 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40023 The default is the LaTeX-command
40029 that loads the package
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40038 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40045 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40055 \begin_inset Newline newline
40062 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40063 the document language.
40064 A text label is for instance the word
40065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40072 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40075 \begin_layout Description
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40080 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40081 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40082 An example is the start command
40088 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40108 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40113 \begin_layout Description
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40123 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40124 command toggles the package on and off.
40127 \begin_layout Description
40129 \begin_inset space ~
40139 \begin_layout Description
40140 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40141 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40142 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40143 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40150 \begin_layout Description
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40155 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40157 When this option is not set, the
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40165 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40166 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40177 \begin_layout Description
40179 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_inset space ~
40191 When it is not set, the
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40199 is set to the end of the document.
40202 \begin_layout Description
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40211 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40212 language will be underlined blue.
40215 \begin_layout Description
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40232 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40236 \begin_layout Subsection
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40241 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40248 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40255 \begin_layout Section
40259 \begin_layout Subsection
40261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40290 \begin_layout Description
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40295 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40296 The name will be used when the
40301 \begin_inset Newline newline
40305 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40313 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40322 \begin_layout Description
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40332 \begin_inset space ~
40335 printer This option works only for the
40340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40352 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40353 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40356 \begin_layout Description
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40361 command is the command LyX
40362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40369 LaTeX uses for printing.
40370 The default is on most systems
40377 \begin_layout Description
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40386 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40387 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40388 of the program that provides the
40395 \begin_layout Subsection
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40411 Settings ! Date format
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40421 \begin_inset Newline newline
40425 \begin_inset Flex URL
40428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40430 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40436 \begin_inset Newline newline
40439 For example the format
40440 \begin_inset Newline newline
40444 \begin_inset Newline newline
40447 prints the date as day/month/year.
40450 \begin_layout Subsection
40454 \begin_layout Description
40456 \begin_inset space ~
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40463 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40466 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40467 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40469 \begin_inset space ~
40475 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40479 \begin_layout Description
40481 \begin_inset space ~
40484 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40489 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40490 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40493 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40508 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40517 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40525 \begin_layout Description
40530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 \begin_inset space ~
40541 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40546 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40568 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40581 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40582 LyX sets up in the background.
40583 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40586 \begin_layout Description
40588 \begin_inset space ~
40592 \begin_inset space ~
40595 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40600 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40603 \begin_layout Description
40605 \begin_inset space ~
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40617 \begin_inset space ~
40621 \begin_inset space ~
40625 \begin_inset space ~
40628 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40633 dialog when changing the document class.
40636 \begin_layout Standard
40639 External Applications
40641 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40642 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40643 manuals of the applications.
40644 Currently the following commands can be set:
40647 \begin_layout Description
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40663 command Command for the program
40667 that is described in section
40678 \begin_layout Description
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40694 command Command for the program
40698 that generates the bibliography, see section
40699 \begin_inset space ~
40703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40705 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40712 \begin_layout Description
40714 \begin_inset space ~
40717 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40718 \begin_inset space ~
40722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40724 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40731 \begin_layout Description
40733 \begin_inset space ~
40737 \begin_inset space ~
40741 \begin_inset space ~
40745 \begin_inset space ~
40748 options They only have an effect when the program
40752 is used as DVI-viewer.
40755 \begin_layout Subsection
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40779 \begin_layout Standard
40784 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40787 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40789 uses the Windows path style:
40792 \begin_layout Standard
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40801 instead of the Unix path style:
40804 \begin_layout Standard
40808 \begin_layout Section
40813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40823 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40824 from one format to another.
40825 You can modify them or create new ones.
40826 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40833 \begin_inset space ~
40843 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40852 drop-down list, modify the
40856 field, and press the
40863 \begin_layout Standard
40866 Converter File Cache
40868 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40871 Maximum Age (in days
40874 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40875 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40879 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40880 the converter definition, is described in section
40891 \begin_layout Section
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40905 name "sec:File-Formats"
40912 \begin_layout Standard
40913 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40914 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40916 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40924 \begin_inset space ~
40936 \begin_layout Standard
40937 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40938 is described in section
40949 \begin_layout Section
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 \begin_layout Standard
40964 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40965 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40966 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40967 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40968 This is done by a Copier.
40971 \begin_layout Standard
40972 More about converters is described in section
40983 \begin_layout Chapter
40984 Units available in LyX
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40997 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41004 \begin_layout Standard
41005 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41008 reference "cap:Units"
41012 explains all units available in LyX.
41015 \begin_layout Standard
41016 \begin_inset Float table
41022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 \begin_inset Caption
41025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41049 \begin_inset Tabular
41050 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41204 scaled point (65536
41205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41265 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41320 % of original image width
41327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41534 \begin_layout Chapter
41536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41545 \begin_layout Standard
41546 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41547 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41550 \begin_layout Itemize
41553 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41556 \begin_layout Itemize
41562 \begin_layout Itemize
41568 \begin_layout Itemize
41574 \begin_layout Itemize
41580 \begin_layout Itemize
41586 \begin_layout Itemize
41592 \begin_layout Itemize
41598 \begin_layout Itemize
41601 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41604 \begin_layout Itemize
41610 \begin_layout Itemize
41616 \begin_layout Itemize
41622 \begin_layout Itemize
41628 \begin_layout Itemize
41634 \begin_layout Itemize
41640 \begin_layout Itemize
41646 \begin_layout Itemize
41652 \begin_layout Itemize
41654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41663 \begin_layout Standard
41664 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41667 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41674 \begin_layout Bibliography
41675 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41676 LatexCommand bibitem
41683 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41686 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41691 \begin_inset Newline newline
41695 \begin_inset Flex URL
41698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41708 \begin_layout Bibliography
41709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41710 LatexCommand bibitem
41711 key "latexcompanion"
41715 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41717 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41720 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41723 \begin_layout Bibliography
41724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41725 LatexCommand bibitem
41730 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41733 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41736 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41739 \begin_layout Bibliography
41740 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41741 LatexCommand bibitem
41748 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41751 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41754 \begin_layout Bibliography
41755 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41756 LatexCommand bibitem
41768 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41771 \begin_layout Bibliography
41772 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41773 LatexCommand bibitem
41779 \begin_inset Newline newline
41783 \begin_inset Flex URL
41786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41788 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41796 \begin_layout Bibliography
41797 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41798 LatexCommand bibitem
41804 \begin_inset Newline newline
41808 \begin_inset Flex URL
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41821 \begin_layout Bibliography
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41823 LatexCommand bibitem
41829 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41831 name "Documentation"
41832 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41841 \begin_inset Newline newline
41845 \begin_inset Flex URL
41848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41858 \begin_layout Bibliography
41859 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41860 LatexCommand bibitem
41866 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41868 name "Documentation"
41869 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41878 \begin_inset Newline newline
41882 \begin_inset Flex URL
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41895 \begin_layout Bibliography
41896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41897 LatexCommand bibitem
41903 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41905 name "Documentation"
41906 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41910 of the LaTeX-package
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41925 \begin_inset Newline newline
41929 \begin_inset Flex URL
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41942 \begin_layout Bibliography
41943 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41944 LatexCommand bibitem
41950 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41952 name "Documentation"
41953 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41957 of the LaTeX-package
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41972 \begin_inset Newline newline
41976 \begin_inset Flex URL
41979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41989 \begin_layout Bibliography
41990 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41991 LatexCommand bibitem
41997 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41999 name "Documentation"
42000 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42004 of the LaTeX-package
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42019 \begin_inset Newline newline
42023 \begin_inset Flex URL
42026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42036 \begin_layout Bibliography
42037 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42038 LatexCommand bibitem
42044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42046 name "Documentation"
42047 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42051 of the LaTeX-package
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42066 \begin_inset Newline newline
42070 \begin_inset Flex URL
42073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42075 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42083 \begin_layout Bibliography
42084 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42085 LatexCommand bibitem
42091 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42093 name "Documentation"
42094 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42098 of the LaTeX-package
42106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42113 \begin_inset Newline newline
42117 \begin_inset Flex URL
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42122 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42130 \begin_layout Bibliography
42131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42132 LatexCommand bibitem
42138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42141 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42145 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42146 \begin_inset Newline newline
42150 \begin_inset Flex URL
42153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42163 \begin_layout Bibliography
42164 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42165 LatexCommand bibitem
42171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42174 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42178 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42179 \begin_inset Newline newline
42183 \begin_inset Flex URL
42186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42196 \begin_layout Bibliography
42197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42198 LatexCommand bibitem
42204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42207 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42211 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42212 \begin_inset Newline newline
42216 \begin_inset Flex URL
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42229 \begin_layout Bibliography
42230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42231 LatexCommand bibitem
42237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42240 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42244 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42245 \begin_inset Newline newline
42249 \begin_inset Flex URL
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42262 \begin_layout Bibliography
42263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42264 LatexCommand bibitem
42270 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42273 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42277 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42278 \begin_inset Newline newline
42282 \begin_inset Flex URL
42285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42295 \begin_layout Bibliography
42296 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42297 LatexCommand bibitem
42303 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42306 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42310 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42311 \begin_inset Newline newline
42315 \begin_inset Flex URL
42318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42320 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42328 \begin_layout Bibliography
42329 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42330 LatexCommand bibitem
42336 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42339 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42343 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42344 \begin_inset Newline newline
42348 \begin_inset Flex URL
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42353 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42361 \begin_layout Bibliography
42362 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42363 LatexCommand bibitem
42369 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42372 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42376 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42377 \begin_inset Newline newline
42381 \begin_inset Flex URL
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42386 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42394 \begin_layout Bibliography
42395 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42396 LatexCommand bibitem
42402 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42405 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42409 about new features in
42414 \begin_inset Newline newline
42418 \begin_inset Flex URL
42421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42431 \begin_layout Standard
42432 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 \begin_inset Note Note
42469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42476 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42477 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42478 bibliography is the second one:
42486 \begin_layout Standard
42487 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42488 LatexCommand bibtex
42489 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42490 options "biblio/alphadin"
42497 \begin_layout Standard
42498 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42501 \begin_layout Standard
42504 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42505 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42510 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42511 LatexCommand printindex